1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1582 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1586 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1589 /* Create a new symbol. */
1590 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1592 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1593 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1599 /* Make it a local function. */
1600 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1601 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1603 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1607 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1608 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1612 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1616 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1617 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1623 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1624 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1625 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1626 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1627 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1629 /* Create a new symbol. */
1630 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1632 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1633 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1639 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1640 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1641 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1642 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1643 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1644 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1648 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1649 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1652 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1656 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1657 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1660 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1663 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1664 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1665 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1667 static unsigned long
1668 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1669 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1671 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1673 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1676 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1677 one in a compound relocation. */
1678 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1679 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1680 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1682 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1683 the traditional behavior. */
1684 if (relocs
< relend
)
1685 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1690 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1694 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1697 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1698 objects try to call them. */
1699 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1700 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1702 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1703 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1706 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1707 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1709 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1710 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1711 being included in the link. */
1712 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1715 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1719 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1720 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1722 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1723 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1724 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1725 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1726 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1727 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1728 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1729 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1732 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1733 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1735 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1736 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1737 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1739 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1740 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1746 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1749 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1751 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1753 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1754 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1755 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1759 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1761 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1763 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1764 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1765 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1766 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1767 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1768 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1771 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1772 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1776 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1777 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1782 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1786 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1787 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1788 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1789 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1795 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1796 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1797 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1798 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1799 entry points are of interest here. */
1802 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1804 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1805 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1806 && h
->root
.def_regular
1807 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1808 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1809 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1810 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1811 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1814 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1815 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1818 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1821 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1823 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1824 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1829 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1830 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1834 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1835 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1836 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1839 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1840 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1842 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1844 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1847 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1851 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1852 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1855 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1857 /* Create the section. */
1858 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1859 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1860 input_section
->output_section
);
1864 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1865 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1866 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1869 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1871 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1872 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1873 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1874 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1876 /* Allocate room for it. */
1881 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1882 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1883 the function symbol to it. */
1886 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1887 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1889 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1892 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1896 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1897 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1900 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1901 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1902 input_section
->output_section
);
1903 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1905 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1908 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1909 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1910 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1911 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1913 /* Allocate room for it. */
1918 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1919 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1922 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1923 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1926 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1927 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1932 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1933 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1937 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1938 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1942 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1946 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1949 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1950 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1954 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1955 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1961 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1962 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1963 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1964 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1966 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1967 return (use_trampoline_p
1968 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1969 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1972 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1973 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1976 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1978 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1980 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1981 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1982 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1984 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1986 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1987 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1988 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1991 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1992 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1993 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1994 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1996 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1998 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1999 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2001 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2010 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2011 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2014 The format of these instructions is:
2016 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2017 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2018 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2020 +-----------------------------------------------+
2022 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2023 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2025 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2026 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2027 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2028 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2029 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2030 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2031 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2032 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2033 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2034 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2037 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2038 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2039 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2040 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2041 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2042 value as two 16-bit values.
2044 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2052 +--------+----------------------+
2055 +----------+------+-------------+
2059 +----------+--------------------+
2060 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2061 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2063 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2064 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2065 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2066 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2067 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2069 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2070 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2071 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2074 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2075 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2076 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2077 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2078 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2080 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2083 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2084 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2085 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2086 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2088 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2091 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2092 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2093 little-endian system.
2095 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2096 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2097 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2099 static inline bfd_boolean
2100 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2105 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2110 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2111 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2114 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2115 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2125 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2127 static inline bfd_boolean
2128 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2130 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2133 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2134 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2135 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2137 static inline bfd_boolean
2138 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2140 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2141 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2142 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2145 static inline bfd_boolean
2146 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2148 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2149 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2150 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2153 static inline bfd_boolean
2154 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2156 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2157 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2158 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2161 static inline bfd_boolean
2162 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2164 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2170 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2176 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2182 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2194 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2195 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2196 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2197 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2200 static inline bfd_boolean
2201 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2203 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2204 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2205 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2206 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2209 static inline bfd_boolean
2210 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2212 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2218 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2219 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2220 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2223 static inline bfd_boolean
2224 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2226 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2227 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2228 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2229 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2230 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
2231 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2232 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2233 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2236 static inline bfd_boolean
2237 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2239 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2240 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2243 static inline bfd_boolean
2244 branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2246 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2247 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2248 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2249 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2250 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
);
2253 static inline bfd_boolean
2254 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2256 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2257 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2260 static inline bfd_boolean
2261 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2263 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2264 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2265 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2266 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2269 static inline bfd_boolean
2270 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2272 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2273 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2274 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2277 static inline bfd_boolean
2278 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2280 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2281 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2282 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2285 static inline bfd_boolean
2286 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2288 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2289 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2290 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2294 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2295 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2297 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2299 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2302 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2303 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2304 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2305 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2306 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2307 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2308 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2309 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2311 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2312 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2313 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2317 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2318 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2320 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2322 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2325 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2326 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2328 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2331 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2333 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2334 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2338 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2339 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2340 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2342 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2343 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2346 bfd_reloc_status_type
2347 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2348 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2349 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2353 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2355 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2358 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2360 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2361 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2363 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2364 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2366 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2367 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2369 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2371 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2372 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2373 an external symbol. */
2375 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2376 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2378 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2380 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2382 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2383 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2387 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2390 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2392 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2395 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2396 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2397 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2402 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2404 asection
*input_section
;
2408 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2410 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2412 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2413 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2414 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2416 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2417 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2418 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2419 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2421 bfd_reloc_status_type
2422 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2423 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2424 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2425 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2427 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2429 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2430 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2432 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2434 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2436 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2438 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2439 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2442 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2443 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2445 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2448 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2449 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2450 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2452 bfd_reloc_status_type
2453 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2454 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2455 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2457 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2458 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2459 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2460 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2461 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2462 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2465 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2466 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2469 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2470 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2471 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2473 bfd_reloc_status_type
2474 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2475 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2476 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2479 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2481 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2482 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2484 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2486 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2487 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2490 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2492 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2493 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2495 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2497 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2498 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2499 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2500 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2501 has a rightshift of 0. */
2502 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2503 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2504 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2505 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2506 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2507 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2509 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2510 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2511 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2513 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2514 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2516 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2519 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2523 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2524 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2528 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2529 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2530 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2532 bfd_reloc_status_type
2533 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2534 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2535 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2536 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2539 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2540 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2542 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2544 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2545 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2547 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2549 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2551 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2552 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2553 offset or address. */
2554 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2555 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2560 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2561 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2562 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2563 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2565 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2566 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2567 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2571 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2572 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2573 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2574 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2575 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2576 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2579 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2581 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2582 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2584 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2585 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2587 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2589 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2592 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2597 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2599 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2602 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2603 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2606 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2609 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2610 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2614 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2615 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2622 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2623 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2625 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2626 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2627 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2628 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2629 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2634 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2635 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2639 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2640 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2641 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2642 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2648 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2649 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2650 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2653 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2656 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2657 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2658 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2659 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2660 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2661 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2665 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2666 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2668 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2669 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2670 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2671 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2676 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2677 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2678 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2679 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2680 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2683 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2684 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2686 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2687 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2688 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2689 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2690 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2691 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2692 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2696 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2697 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2699 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2700 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2701 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2703 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2704 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2705 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2708 /* Swap in an options header. */
2711 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2712 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2714 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2715 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2716 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2717 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2720 /* Swap out an options header. */
2723 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2724 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2726 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2727 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2728 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2729 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2732 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2735 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2736 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2737 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2739 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2740 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2741 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2742 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2743 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2744 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2745 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2746 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2747 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2748 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2749 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2752 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2755 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2756 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2757 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2759 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2760 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2761 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2762 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2763 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2764 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2765 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2766 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2767 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2768 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2769 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2772 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2773 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2776 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2778 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2779 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2782 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2783 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2785 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2789 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2791 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2796 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2799 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2800 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2803 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2804 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2806 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2807 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2808 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2809 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2811 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2813 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2816 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2818 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2827 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2828 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2829 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2830 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2831 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2832 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2833 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2834 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2835 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2836 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2837 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2838 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2839 when generating a final executable. */
2842 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2844 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2846 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2848 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2850 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2851 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2852 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2853 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2854 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2856 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2857 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2858 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2859 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2860 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2868 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2871 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2872 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2873 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2874 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2875 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2878 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2879 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2883 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2885 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2886 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2887 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2889 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2890 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2891 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2893 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2896 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2897 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2898 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2900 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2902 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2904 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2907 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2909 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2910 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2911 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2916 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2917 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2919 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2920 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2921 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2922 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2925 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2927 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2929 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2930 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2931 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2933 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2934 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2935 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2936 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2937 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2938 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2939 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2940 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2941 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2942 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2945 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2949 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2950 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2953 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2954 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2955 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2956 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2958 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2959 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2960 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2961 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2963 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2964 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2965 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2966 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2967 + sec
->output_offset
2968 + output_section
->vma
);
2970 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2976 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2977 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2979 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2981 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2982 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2983 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2984 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2985 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2987 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2990 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2991 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2992 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2993 + sec
->output_offset
2994 + output_section
->vma
);
2996 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
3001 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
3002 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
3005 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
3012 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3015 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3017 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3018 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3020 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3023 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3025 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3028 static INLINE hashval_t
3029 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3032 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3039 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3041 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3043 return (entry
->symndx
3044 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3045 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3046 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3047 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3048 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3049 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3053 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3055 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3056 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3058 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3059 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3060 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3061 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3062 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3063 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3064 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3068 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3070 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3072 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3073 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3074 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3075 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3076 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3080 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3082 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3084 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3085 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3086 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3087 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3088 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3089 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3090 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3094 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3096 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3098 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3099 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3103 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3105 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3107 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3108 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3109 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3112 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3114 static struct mips_got_info
*
3115 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3117 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3119 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3123 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3124 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3125 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3128 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3129 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3130 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3136 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3137 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3139 static struct mips_got_info
*
3140 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3142 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3144 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3147 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3148 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3149 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3153 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3156 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3158 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3160 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3161 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3164 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3165 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3166 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3167 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3168 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3169 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3174 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3175 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3176 if creation fails. */
3179 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3185 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3186 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3187 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3188 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3190 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3195 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3198 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3199 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3205 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3208 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3210 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3213 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3216 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3219 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3222 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3225 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3242 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3243 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3247 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3248 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3251 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3252 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3254 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3255 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3258 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3260 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3261 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3270 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3276 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3283 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3287 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3288 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3289 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3291 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3293 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3294 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3296 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3298 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3299 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3301 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3304 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3307 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3309 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3314 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3316 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3318 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3319 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3321 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3323 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3324 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3326 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3329 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3330 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3332 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3335 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3338 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3339 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3340 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3343 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3345 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3346 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3347 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3349 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3358 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3360 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3362 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3363 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3364 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3367 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3370 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3372 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3373 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3376 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3377 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3378 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3379 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3380 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3382 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3383 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3384 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3386 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3389 /* General Dynamic. */
3390 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3394 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3395 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3396 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3397 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3400 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3401 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3402 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3403 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3406 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3410 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3411 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3413 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3418 /* Initial Exec model. */
3422 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3423 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3425 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3426 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3428 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3429 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3430 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3431 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3434 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3435 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3439 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3440 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3441 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3442 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3443 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3445 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3446 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3447 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3449 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3450 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3451 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3452 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3459 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3462 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3463 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3464 will be negative. */
3467 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3470 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3471 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3473 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3474 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3476 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3477 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3479 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3480 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3481 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3482 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3483 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3485 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3486 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3487 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3488 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3490 return got_address
- got_value
;
3493 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3494 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3495 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3496 offset can be found. */
3499 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3500 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3501 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3504 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3506 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3507 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3509 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3510 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3514 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3515 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3516 return entry
->gotidx
;
3519 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3522 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3523 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3525 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3526 long global_got_dynindx
;
3527 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3530 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3531 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3533 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3534 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3535 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3537 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3538 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3539 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3541 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3542 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3543 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3544 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3545 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3550 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3551 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3554 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3555 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3557 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3558 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3559 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3562 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3563 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3565 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3568 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3569 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3570 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3574 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3575 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3578 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3579 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3581 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3583 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3585 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3586 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3587 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3588 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3589 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3590 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3592 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3597 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3598 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3599 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3600 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3601 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3604 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3605 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3607 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3608 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3610 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3611 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3612 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3617 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3620 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3625 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3626 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3627 symbol that binds locally. */
3630 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3631 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3633 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3635 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3636 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3637 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3638 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3640 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3642 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3643 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3644 same in all cases. */
3645 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3646 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3648 return entry
->gotidx
;
3653 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3657 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3658 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3664 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3665 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3668 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3669 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3671 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3674 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3675 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3676 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3679 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3680 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3681 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3682 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3683 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3686 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3688 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3689 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3692 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3693 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3695 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3698 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3699 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3702 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3704 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3706 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3707 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3710 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3713 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3717 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3718 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3726 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3729 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3730 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3737 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3738 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3742 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3746 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3748 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3749 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3750 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3751 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3755 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3759 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3760 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3761 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3762 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3763 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3765 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3770 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3772 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3773 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3775 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3778 bfd_vma got_address
;
3780 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3781 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3782 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3785 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3786 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3787 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3788 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3789 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3795 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3796 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3797 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3798 the current linking stage. */
3800 static bfd_size_type
3801 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3803 bfd_size_type count
;
3806 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3807 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3810 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3812 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3813 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3814 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3815 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3816 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3822 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3823 appear towards the end. */
3826 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3828 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3829 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3830 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3832 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3835 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3836 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3843 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3844 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3845 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3846 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3847 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3848 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3849 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3852 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3853 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3854 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3855 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3856 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3857 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3858 == g
->global_gotno
);
3860 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3861 table index in the GOT. */
3862 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3867 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3868 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3872 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3874 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3876 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3878 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3881 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3884 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3888 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3889 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3892 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3893 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3894 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3895 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3902 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3903 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3904 hash table directly). */
3907 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3908 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3910 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3911 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3912 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3913 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3915 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3916 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3918 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3922 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3923 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3926 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3930 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3931 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3936 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3937 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3941 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3950 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3951 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3952 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3955 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3956 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3957 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3959 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3960 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3961 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3962 unsigned char tls_type
;
3964 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3965 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3967 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3969 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3971 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3973 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3975 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3979 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3982 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3986 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3987 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3988 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3992 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3993 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3994 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3997 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3998 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
4001 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
4002 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
4004 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4005 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4006 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
4008 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4009 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4012 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4015 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4016 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4017 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4018 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4021 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4022 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4026 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4027 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4028 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4030 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4031 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4032 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4033 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4035 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4036 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4038 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4039 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4044 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4048 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4049 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4051 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4052 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4056 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4059 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4067 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4068 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4072 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4082 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4085 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4089 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4091 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4092 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4094 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4095 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4097 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4098 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4103 /* Make room for a null element. */
4104 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4107 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4111 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4112 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4113 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4114 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4117 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4119 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4120 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4122 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4123 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4124 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4126 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4129 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4130 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4136 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4140 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4141 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4142 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4143 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4146 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4148 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4149 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4152 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4153 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4154 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4155 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4156 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4157 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4159 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4166 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4167 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4169 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4170 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4173 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4181 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4183 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4192 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4197 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4200 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4202 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4205 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4208 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4209 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4211 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4212 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4213 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4214 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4217 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4219 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4223 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4224 seen the section. */
4225 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4228 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4236 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4238 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4239 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4240 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4242 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4243 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4244 a new singleton range. */
4246 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4248 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4252 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4253 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4254 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4262 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4263 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4265 /* Update the ranges. */
4266 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4267 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4268 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4270 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4272 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4273 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4274 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4277 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4280 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4281 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4282 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4284 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4285 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4291 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4292 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4293 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4294 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4297 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4299 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4300 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4305 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4306 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4307 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4309 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4313 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4315 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4318 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4320 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4321 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4322 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4325 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4326 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4330 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4332 /* Read in the symbol. */
4333 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4341 /* Get the associated input section. */
4342 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4349 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4350 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4351 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4352 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4353 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4357 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4358 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4359 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4360 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4362 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4363 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4366 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4368 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4376 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4377 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4378 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4379 that they require. */
4382 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4383 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4385 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4386 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4393 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4397 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4398 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4399 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4400 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4403 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4407 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4410 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4411 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4412 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4417 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4422 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4426 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4429 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4430 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4431 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4432 symbols later if appropriate. */
4433 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4436 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4437 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4438 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4439 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4440 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4443 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4444 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4445 the local rather than global GOT. */
4446 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4452 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4453 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4454 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4455 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4456 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4459 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4461 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4462 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4463 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4465 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4466 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4468 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4470 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4471 local or global GOT. */
4472 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4473 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4474 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4475 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4476 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4477 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4478 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4479 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4480 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4481 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4482 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4483 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4484 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4486 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4493 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4494 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4497 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4499 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4500 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4503 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4504 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4505 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4514 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4519 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4520 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4523 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4525 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4526 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4529 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4530 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4531 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4540 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4545 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4546 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4547 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4548 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4552 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4553 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4554 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4556 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4557 unsigned int estimate
;
4559 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4560 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4561 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4562 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4564 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4566 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4567 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4569 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4570 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4571 conservatively as well. */
4572 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4573 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4575 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4577 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4578 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4581 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4582 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4584 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4588 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4592 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4596 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4597 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4598 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4599 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4600 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4601 and then make make the new got current. */
4604 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4605 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4607 unsigned int estimate
;
4610 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4613 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4614 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4615 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4616 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4617 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4619 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4620 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4621 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4622 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4623 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4625 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4627 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4628 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4635 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4636 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4641 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4644 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4649 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4650 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4651 overflows anyway. */
4652 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4658 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4659 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4660 an index in a different GOT. */
4663 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4665 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4667 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4668 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4670 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4672 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4676 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4677 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4680 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4684 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4685 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4686 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4689 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4691 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4692 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4694 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4695 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4696 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4699 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4700 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4706 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4707 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4711 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4712 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4713 symbol to DATA->value. */
4716 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4718 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4719 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4721 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4722 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4723 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4724 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4725 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4726 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4730 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4731 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4732 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4733 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4736 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4738 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4739 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4741 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4742 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4743 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4744 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4745 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4747 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4752 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4754 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4755 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4756 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4757 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4758 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4764 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4765 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4766 lazy-binding stubs. */
4769 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4771 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4772 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4773 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4775 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4776 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4777 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4778 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4780 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4781 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4782 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4784 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4785 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4791 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4794 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4799 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4803 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4807 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4808 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4811 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4812 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4815 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4816 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4818 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4819 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4820 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4821 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4822 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4825 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4826 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4827 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4831 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4832 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4833 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4834 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4835 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4836 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4837 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4838 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4839 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4840 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4842 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4844 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4845 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4846 to be the primary GOT. */
4847 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4849 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4850 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4854 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4855 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4856 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4858 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4859 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4861 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4865 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4866 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4867 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4868 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4870 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4872 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4873 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4874 those that are actually referenced. */
4875 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4876 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4879 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4880 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4881 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4882 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4884 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4885 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4886 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4887 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4888 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4889 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4890 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4891 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4892 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4893 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4894 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4895 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4896 points back to the master GOT. */
4897 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4898 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4905 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4907 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4908 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4909 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4910 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4911 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4912 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4914 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4915 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4916 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4921 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4922 all non-TLS entries. */
4923 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4925 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4926 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4929 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4931 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4934 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4935 lazy-binding stubs. */
4937 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4941 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4944 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4946 unsigned int save_assign
;
4948 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4949 relocations they need. */
4950 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4951 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4953 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4955 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4958 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4959 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4961 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4963 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4964 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4965 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4966 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4967 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4969 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4971 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4974 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4981 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4982 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4984 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4985 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4986 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4987 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4989 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4991 while (relocation
< relend
)
4993 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4994 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
5000 /* We didn't find it. */
5004 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
5007 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
5008 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5009 asection
**local_sections
)
5011 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5012 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5015 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5016 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5017 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5019 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5021 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5027 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5030 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5032 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5033 /* VALUE is negative. */
5034 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5039 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5040 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5044 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5046 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5048 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5049 /* The value is too big. */
5051 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5052 /* The value is too small. */
5059 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5062 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5064 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5067 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5070 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5073 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5080 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5083 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5086 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5093 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5096 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5097 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5100 register asection
*s
;
5102 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5104 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5107 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5109 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5110 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5113 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5119 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5122 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5125 register asection
*s
;
5126 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5127 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5128 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5130 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5131 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5133 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5137 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5138 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5140 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5141 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5142 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5144 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5148 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5149 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5150 are not creating a global offset table. */
5152 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5153 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5154 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5157 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5160 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5161 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5162 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5164 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5165 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5168 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5169 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5170 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5172 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5173 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5174 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5177 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5185 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5186 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5187 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5190 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5192 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5193 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5194 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5195 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5198 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5199 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5200 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5204 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5205 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5207 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5208 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5209 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5210 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5211 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5212 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5219 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5220 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5221 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5222 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5223 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5224 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5225 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5229 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5236 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5237 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5238 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5240 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5241 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5242 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5244 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5245 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5246 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5247 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5249 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5250 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5251 asection
*input_section
,
5252 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5253 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5254 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5255 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5256 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5258 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5259 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5261 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5263 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5266 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5267 shared object file being produced. */
5269 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5272 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5274 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5275 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5276 during execution. */
5277 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5278 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5280 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5282 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5284 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5285 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5287 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5288 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5289 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5290 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5291 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5292 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5293 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5295 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5297 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5298 relocation value. */
5299 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5300 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5301 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5302 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5303 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5306 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5307 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5308 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5310 /* Parse the relocation. */
5311 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5312 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5313 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5314 + input_section
->output_offset
5315 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5317 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5318 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5320 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5321 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5322 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5323 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5325 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5326 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5327 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5330 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5331 must come before globals. */
5335 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5338 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5339 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5341 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5342 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5344 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5346 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5347 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5348 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5349 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5351 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5353 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5356 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5357 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5360 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5361 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5362 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5364 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5365 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5367 /* For relocations against a section symbol and ones against no
5368 symbol (absolute relocations) infer the ISA mode from the addend. */
5369 if (section_p
|| r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
5371 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && !micromips_p
;
5372 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (addend
& 1) && micromips_p
;
5374 /* For relocations against an absolute symbol infer the ISA mode
5375 from the value of the symbol plus addend. */
5376 else if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
5378 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && !micromips_p
;
5379 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) && micromips_p
;
5381 /* Otherwise just use the regular symbol annotation available. */
5384 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5385 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5390 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5392 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5393 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5394 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5395 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5396 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5397 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5398 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5400 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5401 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5403 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5404 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5405 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5406 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5408 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5409 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5410 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5411 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5415 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5416 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5417 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5418 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5421 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5422 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5423 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5425 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5426 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5427 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5429 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5430 if (sec
->output_section
)
5431 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5432 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5433 + sec
->output_offset
);
5435 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5437 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5438 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5439 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5440 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5443 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5444 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5446 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5447 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5449 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5450 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5451 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5452 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5453 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5455 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5456 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5459 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5461 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5462 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5463 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5464 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5465 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5466 which is available from here:
5467 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5472 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5473 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5474 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5475 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5476 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
));
5477 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5480 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5481 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5484 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5485 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5487 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5489 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5490 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5492 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5493 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5494 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5496 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5497 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5499 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5500 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5501 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5503 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5504 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5508 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5513 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5516 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5517 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5518 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5519 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5528 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5529 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5530 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5532 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5533 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5534 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5535 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5536 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5537 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5539 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5540 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5541 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5544 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5547 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5548 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5550 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5555 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5557 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5559 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5566 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5569 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5572 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5573 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5575 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5577 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5578 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5579 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5581 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5582 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5583 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5584 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
5587 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5588 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5589 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5590 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5592 else if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5593 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
5594 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5597 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5598 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5600 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5603 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5604 + sec
->output_offset
5605 + htab
->plt_header_size
5606 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5607 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5610 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5611 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5614 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5615 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5616 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5618 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5619 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5620 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5623 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5624 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5625 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5626 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5627 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5629 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5630 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5631 && ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5632 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5633 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5634 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5635 || ((branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
5636 || r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5637 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5638 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5640 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5642 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5643 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5645 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5650 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5651 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5652 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5653 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5655 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5656 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5660 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5661 to need it, get it now. */
5664 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5665 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5668 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5669 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5670 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5671 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5672 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5673 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5674 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5675 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5676 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5677 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5678 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5679 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5681 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5682 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5683 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5684 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5685 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5686 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5687 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5688 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5689 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5690 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5692 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5693 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5695 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5699 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5700 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5701 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5702 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5703 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5704 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5706 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5707 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5708 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5712 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5713 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5715 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5716 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5717 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5718 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5721 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5722 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5723 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5727 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5728 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5730 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5733 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5734 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5738 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5739 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5740 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5742 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5746 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5747 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5749 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5750 + input_section
->output_offset
5751 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5752 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5753 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5754 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5756 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5757 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5759 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5760 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5763 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5766 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5770 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5773 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5774 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5775 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5776 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5782 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5783 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5785 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5786 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5787 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5788 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5790 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5791 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5792 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5794 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5795 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5796 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5797 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5798 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5799 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5801 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5809 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5813 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5814 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5818 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5822 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5823 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5827 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5828 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5829 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5830 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5831 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5833 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5837 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5838 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5840 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5841 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5846 /* Make sure the target of a jump is suitably aligned. Bit 0 must
5847 be the correct ISA mode selector except for weak undefined
5849 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5850 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
5851 ? (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
5852 : (value
& ((1 << shift
) - 1)) != (r_type
!= R_MIPS_26
)))
5853 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5856 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5857 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5858 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5862 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5863 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5864 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5865 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5869 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5870 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5871 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5872 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5873 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5874 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5877 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5878 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5879 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5880 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5884 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5885 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5886 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5887 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5888 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5889 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5894 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5897 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5898 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5902 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5903 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5904 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5908 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5909 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5910 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5911 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5912 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5913 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5914 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5915 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5916 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5917 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5918 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5920 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5921 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5927 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5928 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5930 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5933 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5934 for this conditional. */
5935 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5936 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5937 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5938 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5939 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5941 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5942 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5943 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5944 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5945 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5948 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5949 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5952 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5953 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5954 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5955 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5956 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5957 not check for overflow here. */
5961 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5962 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5963 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5964 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5965 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5970 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5971 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5972 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5973 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5974 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5975 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5976 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5977 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5978 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5979 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5980 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5981 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5982 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5983 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5984 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5985 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5986 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5987 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5991 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5992 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5995 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5996 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5999 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
6000 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
6001 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
6002 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
6003 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
6005 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
6006 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
6007 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6008 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6010 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6011 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6018 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6019 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6020 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6021 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
6022 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6023 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
6024 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
6025 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
6026 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
6027 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
6029 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6032 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
6033 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
6035 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6039 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
6040 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6041 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6043 /* No need to exclude weak undefined symbols here as they resolve
6044 to 0 and never set `*cross_mode_jump_p', so this alignment check
6045 will never trigger for them. */
6046 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
6047 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 1
6048 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0)
6049 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6051 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6052 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6053 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6054 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6055 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6058 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6059 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6060 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6062 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6063 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6064 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6065 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6066 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6068 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6069 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6070 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6071 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6072 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6075 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6076 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6077 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6079 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6080 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6082 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6083 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6084 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6085 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6086 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6089 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6090 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6091 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6093 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6094 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6096 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6097 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6098 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6099 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6100 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6103 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6104 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6105 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6107 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6108 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6110 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6111 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6112 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6113 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6114 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6117 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6118 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6119 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6121 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6122 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6124 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6125 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6126 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6127 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6128 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6132 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6133 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6134 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6135 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6139 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6140 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6141 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6142 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6145 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6146 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6147 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6149 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6150 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6151 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6152 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6153 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6155 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6156 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6157 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6158 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6159 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6162 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6163 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6164 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6166 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6167 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6168 ? ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 3) != 0
6169 : ((symbol
+ addend
+ 2) & 1) == 0))
6170 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6172 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6173 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6174 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6175 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6176 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6179 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6180 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6181 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6183 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6184 && (*cross_mode_jump_p
6185 ? ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3) != 0
6186 : ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0))
6187 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6189 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6190 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6191 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6192 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6193 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6196 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6197 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6198 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6199 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6200 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6201 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6202 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6203 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6206 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6207 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6208 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6209 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6210 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6211 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6212 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6214 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6215 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6218 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6219 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6220 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6221 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6222 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6225 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6226 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6227 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6228 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6229 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6230 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6231 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6234 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6235 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6237 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6240 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6244 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6245 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6246 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6250 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6251 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6252 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6255 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6256 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6257 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6258 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6261 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6262 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6263 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6264 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6268 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6269 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6270 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6271 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6272 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6273 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6274 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6278 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6279 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6280 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6281 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6284 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6285 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6288 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6290 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6293 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6296 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6297 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6298 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6301 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6302 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6304 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6306 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6311 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6312 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6313 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6315 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6316 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6318 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6321 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6322 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6323 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6324 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6325 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6326 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6330 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6333 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6334 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6336 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6338 /* Obtain the current value. */
6339 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6341 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6342 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6344 /* Set the field. */
6345 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6347 /* Detect incorrect JALX usage. If required, turn JAL or BAL into JALX. */
6348 if (!cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6350 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6352 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
? opcode
== 0x7
6353 : r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
? opcode
== 0x3c
6356 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6357 (_("%X%H: Unsupported JALX to the same ISA mode\n"),
6358 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6362 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6365 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6366 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6368 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6369 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6371 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6374 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6376 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6381 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6385 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6386 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6389 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6390 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6391 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6392 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6396 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6397 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6399 else if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& b_reloc_p (r_type
))
6401 bfd_boolean ok
= FALSE
;
6402 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 16;
6403 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
= 0;
6407 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
6409 ok
= opcode
== 0x4060;
6413 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
)
6415 ok
= opcode
== 0x411;
6420 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) || !ok
)
6422 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6423 (_("%X%H: Unsupported branch between ISA modes\n"),
6424 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6428 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6429 + input_section
->output_offset
6430 + relocation
->r_offset
6432 dest
= addr
+ (((value
& 0x3ffff) ^ 0x20000) - 0x20000);
6434 if ((addr
>> 28) << 28 != (dest
>> 28) << 28)
6436 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6437 (_("%X%H: Cannot convert branch between ISA modes "
6438 "to JALX: relocation out of range\n"),
6439 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6443 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6444 x
= ((dest
>> 2) & 0x3ffffff) | jalx_opcode
<< 26;
6447 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6449 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6450 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6451 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6452 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6453 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6454 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6455 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6456 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6457 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6458 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6459 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6465 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6466 + input_section
->output_offset
6467 + relocation
->r_offset
6469 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6470 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6474 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6476 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6477 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6479 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6483 /* Put the value into the output. */
6484 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6486 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6488 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6494 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6495 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6496 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6497 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6500 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6501 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6502 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6503 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6504 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6505 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6507 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6512 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6513 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6515 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6516 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6518 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6519 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6520 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6521 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6522 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6523 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6526 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6527 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6528 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6530 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6531 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6532 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6533 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6536 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6537 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6540 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6542 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6543 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6544 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6549 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6550 in the relocation. */
6551 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6553 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6554 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6555 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6556 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6558 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6559 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6560 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6561 undefined symbols. */
6566 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6568 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6570 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6575 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6578 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6579 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6585 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6586 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6587 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6588 local symbols because we used to generate them
6589 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6590 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6591 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6592 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6593 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6594 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6596 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6597 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6598 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6599 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6600 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6605 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6606 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6607 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6608 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6609 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6612 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6613 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6614 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6616 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6617 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6618 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6621 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6622 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6623 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6624 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6625 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6626 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6627 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6628 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6629 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6630 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6631 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6632 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6633 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6634 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6637 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6639 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6640 correct location in the output file. */
6641 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6642 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6643 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6644 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6645 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6646 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6648 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6649 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6650 relocation format is non-standard. */
6651 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6653 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6654 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6656 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6658 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6660 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6661 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6662 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6663 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6665 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6668 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6669 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6670 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6672 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6673 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6675 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6676 will be writing to it. */
6677 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6680 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6681 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6683 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6688 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6690 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6691 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6692 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6693 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6694 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6695 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6697 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6698 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6699 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6701 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6702 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6703 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6704 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6705 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6706 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6707 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6711 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6712 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6714 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6715 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6720 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6723 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6725 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6727 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6728 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6730 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6731 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6733 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6734 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6736 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6737 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6739 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6740 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6742 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6743 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6745 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6746 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6748 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6749 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6751 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6752 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6754 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6755 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6757 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6758 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6760 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6761 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6763 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6764 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6766 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6767 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6769 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6770 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6772 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6773 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6775 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6776 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6778 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6779 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6782 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6786 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6789 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6792 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6795 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6798 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6800 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6801 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6803 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6804 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6806 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6807 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6809 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6810 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6812 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6813 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6815 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6816 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6823 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6825 static INLINE
char *
6826 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6830 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6831 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6834 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6836 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6840 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6842 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6844 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6846 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6849 return "unknown abi";
6853 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6854 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6855 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6856 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6857 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6858 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6859 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6860 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6862 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6863 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6864 definition in a shared library. */
6865 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6866 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6867 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6869 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6872 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6874 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6876 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6877 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6878 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6880 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6881 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6882 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6883 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6884 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6885 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6886 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6888 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6889 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6890 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6891 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6892 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6893 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6894 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6895 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6896 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6897 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6899 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6903 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6904 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6905 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6906 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6907 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6910 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6911 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6913 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6914 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6915 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6916 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6917 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6918 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6919 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6920 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6921 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6922 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6924 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6925 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6928 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6929 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6934 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6936 if (section
!= NULL
)
6938 asym
->section
= section
;
6939 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6940 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6941 base address to make it an offset. */
6942 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6949 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6951 if (section
!= NULL
)
6953 asym
->section
= section
;
6954 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6955 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6956 base address to make it an offset. */
6957 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6963 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6964 or microMIPS one. */
6965 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6966 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6969 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6970 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6971 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6973 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6974 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6978 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6979 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6981 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6982 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6983 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6984 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6985 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6987 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6988 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6989 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6990 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6992 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6993 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6994 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6995 We therefore take the following approach:
6997 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6998 determine the pointer size.
7000 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
7001 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
7005 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
7006 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
7007 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
7008 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
7009 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
7011 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
7012 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
7016 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
7018 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
7020 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
7022 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
7024 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
7025 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
7026 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
7033 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
7034 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
7035 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
7044 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
7045 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
7046 same address. For example, if we have code like:
7048 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
7049 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
7052 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
7053 will jump there rather than to .text.
7055 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
7056 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
7059 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
7061 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
7064 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
7065 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
7066 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
7070 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
7072 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
7073 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
7077 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
7078 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
7081 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
7084 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7085 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7089 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
7090 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
7091 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
7092 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
7094 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7096 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
7097 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
7098 so that we don't have to read them again.
7099 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
7100 through the section contents to see if there is an
7101 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
7103 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
7105 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7106 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7108 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7110 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7112 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7114 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7115 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7116 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7119 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7126 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7127 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
7130 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7131 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7134 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7141 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7142 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7145 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7146 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7153 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7155 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7157 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7158 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7159 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7160 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7161 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7162 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7163 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7164 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7165 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7166 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7167 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7168 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7169 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7170 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7172 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7174 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7176 unsigned int adjust
;
7178 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7180 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7188 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7189 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7190 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7192 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7196 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7197 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7203 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7204 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7205 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7206 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7207 probably get away with this. */
7208 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7210 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7211 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7215 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7218 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7219 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7222 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7223 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7226 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7227 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7230 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7231 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7233 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7235 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7236 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7237 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7239 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7241 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7242 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7245 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7246 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7249 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7250 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7253 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7254 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7256 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7258 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7259 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7260 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7263 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7264 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7267 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7268 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7269 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7276 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7281 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7282 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7288 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7290 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7292 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7293 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7295 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7296 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7297 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7299 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7302 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7304 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7305 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7306 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7307 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7308 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7310 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7313 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7314 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7316 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7317 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7320 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7321 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7322 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7323 they should agree. */
7324 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7326 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7328 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7329 if (contents
== NULL
)
7331 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7338 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7339 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7341 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7343 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7345 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7347 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7348 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7349 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7352 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7354 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7356 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7358 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7359 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7361 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7363 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7365 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7367 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7369 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7370 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7372 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7382 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7383 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7384 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7387 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7389 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7391 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7393 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7394 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7395 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7397 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7398 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7399 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7401 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7402 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7403 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7405 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7406 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7407 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7409 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7410 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7411 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7412 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7413 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7415 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7417 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7419 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7420 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7421 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7422 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7424 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7425 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7427 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7430 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7432 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7433 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7434 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7435 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7437 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7438 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7440 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7441 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7444 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7445 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7446 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7447 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7448 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7449 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7450 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7451 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7453 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7454 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7456 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7458 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7459 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7460 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7462 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7464 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7465 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7466 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7468 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7470 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7471 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7473 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7474 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7476 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7478 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7479 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7480 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7481 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7482 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7484 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7486 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7487 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7488 final_write_processing. */
7490 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7491 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7493 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7494 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7495 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7497 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7499 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7500 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7501 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7504 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7505 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7506 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7507 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7508 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7513 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7514 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7515 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7516 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7517 the .scommon section. */
7520 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7521 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7523 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7525 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7528 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7530 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7536 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7537 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7540 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7541 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7542 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7543 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7545 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7546 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7547 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7549 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7554 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7555 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7556 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7557 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7558 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7559 is not done for them. */
7561 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7562 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7568 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7571 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7572 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7573 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7574 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7575 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7578 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7579 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7580 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7581 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7585 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7586 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7588 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7589 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7590 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7592 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7593 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7596 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7597 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7598 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7601 /* Initialize the section. */
7603 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7604 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7606 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7607 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7609 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7610 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7611 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7612 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7613 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7614 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7615 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7617 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7618 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7619 so I took it out. */
7620 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7623 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7624 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7626 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7627 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7629 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7630 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7631 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7633 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7634 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7637 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7638 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7639 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7642 /* Initialize the section. */
7644 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7645 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7647 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7648 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7650 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7651 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7652 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7653 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7654 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7655 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7656 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7658 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7659 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7660 so I took it out. */
7661 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7664 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7665 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7669 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7670 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7671 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7672 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7675 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7677 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7679 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7680 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7681 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7684 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7687 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7689 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7692 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7693 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7696 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7697 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7698 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7699 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7705 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7706 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7707 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7710 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7711 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7712 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7713 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7715 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7716 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7717 common in the output file. */
7718 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7719 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7720 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7722 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7723 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7728 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7730 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7733 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7735 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7736 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7738 register asection
*s
;
7739 const char * const *namep
;
7740 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7742 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7743 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7745 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7746 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7748 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7750 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7752 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7755 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7760 /* We need to create .got section. */
7761 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7764 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7767 /* Create .stub section. */
7768 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7769 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7772 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7773 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7777 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7778 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7779 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7781 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7782 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7784 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7785 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7789 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7790 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7791 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7792 the linker takes such action. */
7793 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7795 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7798 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7799 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7800 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7803 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7806 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7808 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7812 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7813 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7815 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7819 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7820 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7822 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7824 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7826 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7828 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7830 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7833 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7835 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7837 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7839 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7842 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7846 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7848 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7849 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7850 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7853 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7856 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7858 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7861 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7863 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7864 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7865 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7866 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7867 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7868 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7870 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7872 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7873 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7874 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7877 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7880 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7882 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7884 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7888 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7889 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7890 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7893 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7894 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7895 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7896 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7898 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7899 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7902 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7904 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
7909 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7910 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7911 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7917 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7918 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7919 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7922 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7923 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7924 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7926 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7927 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7929 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7930 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7931 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7932 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7934 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7935 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7936 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7939 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7940 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7941 of the section that REL is against. */
7944 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7945 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7948 unsigned int r_type
;
7952 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7953 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7955 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7956 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7957 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7958 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7960 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7962 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7964 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7970 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7971 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7972 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7973 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7974 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7977 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7978 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7979 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7980 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7982 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7983 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7984 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7987 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7988 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7989 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7990 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7991 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7992 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7993 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7995 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7997 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7998 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7999 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
8002 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
8004 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8005 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8006 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8007 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8008 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
8009 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8011 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
8012 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
8013 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
8014 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
8015 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
8018 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
8019 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
8020 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
8022 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
8023 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
8030 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
8031 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
8032 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
8035 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
8040 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
8041 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
8043 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
8047 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
8050 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
8052 static struct plt_entry
*
8053 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
8055 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
8057 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
8061 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8062 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8063 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
8064 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
8068 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
8069 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
8070 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
8073 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8074 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
8078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8079 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8081 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
8082 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
8084 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8085 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8088 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
8090 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8093 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8094 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8096 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8097 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8098 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
8099 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8101 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8102 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8104 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
8106 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
8107 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
8109 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8111 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8114 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8117 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8118 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8119 " stub section `%s'"),
8121 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8125 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8126 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8130 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8131 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8132 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8133 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8135 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8136 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8138 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8139 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8140 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8141 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8145 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8147 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8150 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8151 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8152 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8153 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8156 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8165 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8166 not need it. Since this function is called before
8167 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8168 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8170 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8174 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8176 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8178 unsigned long symcount
;
8182 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8183 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8185 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8186 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8187 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8190 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8193 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8194 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8196 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8197 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8198 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8199 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8203 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8205 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8206 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8208 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8209 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8210 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8212 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8214 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8215 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8216 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8217 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8218 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8219 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8221 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8225 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8227 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8230 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8232 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8233 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8236 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8239 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8242 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8243 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8244 " stub section `%s'"),
8246 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8250 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8251 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8255 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8256 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8257 that refers to this symbol. */
8258 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8260 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8261 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8263 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8264 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8265 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8266 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8270 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8272 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8275 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8276 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8277 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8278 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8281 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8290 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8291 not need it. Since this function is called before
8292 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8293 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8295 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8299 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8301 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8303 unsigned long symcount
;
8307 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8308 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8310 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8311 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8312 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8315 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8318 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8319 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8321 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8322 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8323 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8324 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8328 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8329 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8331 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8333 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8334 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8336 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8338 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8339 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8340 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8341 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8342 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8345 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8349 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8351 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8357 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8359 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8360 unsigned int r_type
;
8361 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8362 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8363 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8364 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8366 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8367 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8369 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8371 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8373 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8374 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8376 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8381 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8384 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8385 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8386 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8388 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8390 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8394 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8395 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8396 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8398 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8399 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8400 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8402 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8403 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8404 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8405 .debug* should have no effect. */
8406 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8411 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8412 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8413 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8414 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8415 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8416 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8417 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8421 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8422 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8423 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8424 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8425 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8426 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8428 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8429 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8430 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8431 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8432 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8433 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8434 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8435 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8436 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8437 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8438 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8439 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8440 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8441 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8443 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8444 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8446 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8448 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8449 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8450 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8451 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8454 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8459 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8460 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8461 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8462 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8465 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8466 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8467 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8468 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8469 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8470 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8471 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8472 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8473 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8474 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8480 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8481 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8482 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8484 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8485 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8486 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8487 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8488 against a read-only section. */
8489 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8491 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8492 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8493 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8494 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8495 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8496 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8498 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8500 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8506 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8507 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8509 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8510 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8511 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8512 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8513 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8514 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8515 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8521 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8523 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8524 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8527 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8529 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8530 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8531 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8532 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8533 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8534 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8537 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8538 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8539 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8540 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8544 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8548 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8549 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8550 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8551 relocations against the text segment. */
8552 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8555 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8556 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8557 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8558 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8560 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8561 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8562 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8563 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8564 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8565 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8566 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8567 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8568 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8569 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8574 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8575 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8576 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8581 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8582 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8585 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8586 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8587 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8588 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8593 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8594 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8595 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8596 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8599 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8600 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8601 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8602 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8606 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8607 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8608 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8614 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8615 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8616 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8618 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8619 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8621 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8622 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8623 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8625 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8626 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8627 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8629 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8631 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8633 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8634 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8636 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8637 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8640 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8643 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8644 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8650 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8651 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8653 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8654 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8655 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8656 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8660 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8661 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8664 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8665 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8666 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8671 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8672 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8673 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8674 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8675 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8678 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8679 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8680 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8681 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8683 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8689 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8690 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8691 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8692 for TLS GD relocations. */
8695 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8701 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8711 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8712 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8713 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8714 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8718 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8722 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8724 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8725 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8726 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8727 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8728 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8729 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8730 relocations against the text segment. */
8731 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8735 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8737 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8738 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8739 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8740 it will be left as zero.
8742 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8743 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8745 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8746 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8748 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8749 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8750 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8751 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8752 are relocations against the text segment. */
8753 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8757 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8758 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8759 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8763 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8764 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8765 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8766 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8767 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8768 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8769 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8770 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8771 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8772 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8775 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8776 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8777 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8778 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8782 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8783 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8784 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8785 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8787 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8795 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8796 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8797 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8798 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8799 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8800 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8803 && (branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8804 || mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
)
8805 || micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8806 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8808 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8809 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8810 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8813 if (branch_reloc_p (r_type
))
8814 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8816 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8819 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8820 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8821 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8822 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8824 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8825 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8827 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8829 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8830 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8833 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8834 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8835 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8836 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8837 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8838 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8845 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8846 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8847 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8848 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8849 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8850 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8851 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8854 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8855 and has a special meaning. */
8856 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8857 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8860 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8861 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8868 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8869 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8870 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8871 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8873 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8874 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8886 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8887 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8890 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8891 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8892 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8893 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8895 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8896 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8897 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8899 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8902 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
8905 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8906 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8907 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8910 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8911 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8912 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8913 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8915 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8918 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8919 unsigned int r_type
;
8920 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8922 unsigned long instruction
;
8924 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8925 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8926 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8927 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8928 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8931 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8932 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8933 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8935 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8936 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8937 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8939 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8940 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8941 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8943 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8945 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8946 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8947 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8948 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info
) && ! link_info
->symbolic
8949 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8952 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8953 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8954 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8955 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8956 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8958 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8962 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8964 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8965 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8967 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8968 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8969 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8970 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8972 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8976 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8977 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8979 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8980 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8981 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8982 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8985 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8986 symval
= isym
->st_value
8987 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8988 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8991 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8993 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8994 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8996 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8997 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
9002 /* Check that it's in range. */
9003 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
9006 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
9007 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
9010 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9012 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
9013 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
9014 instruction
= 0x04110000;
9015 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
9016 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
9017 instruction
= 0x10000000;
9021 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
9022 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
9023 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
9026 if (contents
!= NULL
9027 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9029 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
9033 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
9034 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9040 if (contents
!= NULL
9041 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
9046 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9049 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9051 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
9053 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9054 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9056 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9057 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9059 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9060 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9062 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
9063 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
9064 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9067 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
9068 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
9069 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9072 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
9073 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
9074 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
9075 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9076 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
9077 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
9078 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9079 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9081 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
9083 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9085 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
9086 non-default visibility. */
9087 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9090 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
9092 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
9094 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
9101 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
9102 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
9103 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
9104 relocations against it.
9106 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
9107 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
9109 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9111 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
9112 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
9113 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
9116 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
9117 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
9118 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
9119 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
9120 against the text segment. */
9121 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9128 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
9129 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
9130 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
9131 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9135 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9136 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9139 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9140 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9142 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9143 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9145 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9146 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9148 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9149 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9151 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
9154 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9156 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9158 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9159 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9160 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9161 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9162 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9164 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9165 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9166 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9168 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9171 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9172 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9173 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9174 executable and the shared library. */
9175 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9177 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9178 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9182 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9183 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9185 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9186 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9187 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9188 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9189 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9190 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9191 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9192 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9193 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9194 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9195 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9196 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9197 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9199 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9200 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9202 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9203 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9204 for PLT offset calculations. */
9205 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9207 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9208 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9210 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9211 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9212 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9213 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9214 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9215 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9218 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9219 for the same reason as above. */
9220 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9221 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9224 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9226 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9228 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9229 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9231 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9232 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9233 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9234 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9236 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9237 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9238 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9239 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9240 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9241 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9242 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9244 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9245 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9246 else if (!micromips_p
)
9248 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9249 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9250 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9251 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9253 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9255 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9256 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9257 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9258 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9262 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9263 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9264 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9265 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9269 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9270 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9271 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9274 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9275 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9277 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9278 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9279 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9280 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9285 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9287 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9288 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9291 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9292 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9293 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9294 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9295 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9296 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9297 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9300 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9302 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9305 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9307 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9308 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9310 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9312 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9313 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9316 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9317 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9319 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9320 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9321 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9322 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9324 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9325 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9326 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9327 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9329 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9330 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9331 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9333 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9334 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9335 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9340 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9341 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9342 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9343 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9345 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9346 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9347 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9348 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9352 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9353 in regular objects. */
9357 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9358 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9359 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9362 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9363 some that we can't convert. */
9364 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9366 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9367 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9368 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9369 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9373 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9374 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9375 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9376 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9377 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9378 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9379 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9380 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9381 same memory location for the variable. */
9383 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9385 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9386 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9388 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9392 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9393 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9394 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9396 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9399 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9400 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9401 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9404 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9405 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9408 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9409 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9411 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9412 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9414 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9415 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9417 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9419 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9420 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9422 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9425 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9427 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9428 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9435 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9438 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9442 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9443 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9444 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9446 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9447 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9449 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9450 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9456 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9459 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9460 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9461 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9462 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9463 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9465 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9466 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9467 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9469 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9470 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9471 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9473 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9476 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9477 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9479 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9481 asection
*subsection
;
9483 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9485 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9487 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9489 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9490 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9494 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9495 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9496 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9497 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9500 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9501 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9502 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9504 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9506 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9507 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9509 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9510 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9512 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9513 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9514 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9516 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9517 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9519 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9521 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9526 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9527 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9528 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9529 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9530 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9531 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9533 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9534 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9537 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9538 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9541 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9542 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9544 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9545 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9546 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9548 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9550 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9556 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9559 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9561 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9562 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9564 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9565 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9567 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9570 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9571 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9572 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9574 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9575 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9576 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9578 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9579 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9581 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9582 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9583 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9584 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9585 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9586 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9587 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9588 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9589 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9590 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9591 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9592 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9593 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9595 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9596 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9597 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9599 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9602 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9603 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9604 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9607 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9609 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9610 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9611 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9615 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9616 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9617 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9619 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9621 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9622 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9623 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9625 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9626 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9627 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9628 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9633 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9634 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9635 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9636 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9637 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9642 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9643 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9646 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9648 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9649 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9650 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9651 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9652 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9653 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9654 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9657 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9658 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9660 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9663 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9665 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9667 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9670 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9671 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9672 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9674 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9675 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9676 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9679 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9686 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9687 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9688 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9689 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9692 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9694 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9695 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9696 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9701 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9702 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9704 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9706 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9707 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9708 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9710 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9711 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9714 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9720 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9721 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9724 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9725 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9727 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9730 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9731 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9732 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9738 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9741 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9742 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9745 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9746 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9747 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9749 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9750 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9751 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9752 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9754 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9756 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9757 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9759 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9760 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9762 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9764 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9767 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9768 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9769 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9770 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9771 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9772 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9774 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9775 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9777 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9778 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9779 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9781 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9782 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9783 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9784 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9785 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9788 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9789 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9790 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9792 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9793 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9794 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9795 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9796 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9797 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9798 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9799 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9800 else if (!micromips_p
)
9801 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9802 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9803 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9805 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9807 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9808 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9809 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9810 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9811 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9812 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9813 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9815 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9817 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9819 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9820 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9821 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9826 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9827 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9833 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9834 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9836 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9838 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9841 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9843 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9844 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9847 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9851 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9852 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9853 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9855 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9858 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9862 const char *outname
;
9865 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9866 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9867 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9868 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9869 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9871 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9873 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9875 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9876 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9877 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9880 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9881 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9882 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9885 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9886 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9887 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9888 will move them around between input sections'
9889 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9890 broken, so don't let it run. */
9891 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9894 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9895 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9896 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9898 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9899 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9900 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9902 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9903 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9904 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9905 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9907 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9908 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9909 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9910 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9911 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9914 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9916 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9917 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9918 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9920 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9926 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9930 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9933 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9934 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9935 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9937 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9942 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9944 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9945 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9946 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9947 the .dynamic section. */
9949 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9950 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9951 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9952 may only look at the first one they see. */
9953 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9954 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9957 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9958 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9961 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9962 used by the debugger. */
9963 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9964 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9965 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9968 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9969 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9971 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9973 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9976 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9977 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9978 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9979 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9980 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9983 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9986 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9987 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9989 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9990 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9991 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9993 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9996 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9999 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
10005 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
10007 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
10010 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
10013 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
10017 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
10020 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
10023 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
10026 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
10029 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
10032 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
10035 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
10038 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
10039 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
10042 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
10043 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
10044 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
10045 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
10048 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
10050 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
10053 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
10056 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
10059 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
10062 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10063 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
10070 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
10071 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
10072 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
10073 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
10076 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10077 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10078 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
10080 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
10081 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
10084 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10086 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10087 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10088 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
10089 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
10091 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
10092 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
10095 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10096 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
10098 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
10099 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10101 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10102 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
10105 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
10106 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10107 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
10111 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
10112 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
10113 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
10114 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
10115 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
10116 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
10117 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
10118 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
10119 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
10120 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
10121 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
10123 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
10124 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
10125 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
10128 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10129 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10130 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10131 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
10132 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
10133 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10134 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10135 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10137 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10138 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10139 unsigned int r_type
;
10142 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10144 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10145 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10147 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10153 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10154 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10155 howto
, i
, contents
);
10160 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10163 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10164 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10165 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10166 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10167 asection
**local_sections
)
10169 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10170 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10171 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10172 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10173 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10175 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10176 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10177 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10181 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10182 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10183 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10185 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10186 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10188 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10190 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10191 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10192 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10194 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10195 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10197 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10198 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10200 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10201 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10202 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10204 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10209 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10212 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10213 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10214 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10215 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10216 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10217 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10220 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10221 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10222 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10225 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10227 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10228 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10229 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10233 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10235 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10236 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10237 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10238 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10239 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10240 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10241 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10243 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10245 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10246 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10249 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10251 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10252 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10253 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10254 RELA relocation. */
10255 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10258 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10259 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10261 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10262 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10263 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10266 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10267 contents
, &addend
))
10270 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10272 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10273 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10275 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10276 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10277 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10282 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10285 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10286 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10287 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10290 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10292 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10293 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10294 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10296 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10298 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10299 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10300 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10301 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10302 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10303 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10304 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10306 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10308 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10309 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10310 source of the addend in the final link. */
10311 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10313 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10314 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10315 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10316 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10317 but for endianness. */
10323 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10325 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10332 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10333 do two separate stores. */
10334 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10336 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10338 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10339 high_bits
= addend
;
10344 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10346 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10347 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10348 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10349 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10353 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10354 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10359 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10363 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10364 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10365 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10367 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10368 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10369 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10370 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10372 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10374 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10375 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10376 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10377 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10378 local_sections
, &value
,
10379 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10380 use_saved_addend_p
))
10382 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10383 /* There's nothing to do. */
10386 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10387 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10388 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10389 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10390 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10393 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10394 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10395 info
->callbacks
->warning
10396 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10399 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10400 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10401 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10402 a given location. */
10406 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10408 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10409 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10410 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10411 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10412 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10413 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10415 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10416 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10418 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10419 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10421 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10422 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10423 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10430 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10432 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10433 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10434 ? _("Cannot convert a jump to JALX "
10435 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10436 : (howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_26
10437 ? _("Jump to a non-word-aligned address")
10438 : _("Jump to a non-instruction-aligned address")));
10439 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10440 msg
= (cross_mode_jump_p
10441 ? _("Cannot convert a branch to JALX "
10442 "for a non-word-aligned address")
10443 : _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address"));
10444 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10445 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10448 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10449 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10452 /* Fall through. */
10459 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10460 until we reach the last one. */
10461 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10467 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10468 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10469 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10470 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10471 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10472 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10473 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10474 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10480 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10482 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10489 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10490 do two separate stores. */
10491 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10493 /* Undo what we did above. */
10494 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10495 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10497 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10503 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10505 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10506 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10507 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10508 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10512 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10513 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10514 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10515 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10522 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10523 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10526 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10529 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10530 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10533 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10535 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10536 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10537 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10538 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10540 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10541 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10545 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10554 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10555 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10557 /* Work out the target address. */
10558 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10559 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10561 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10562 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10564 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10566 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10567 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10568 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10570 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10572 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10573 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10575 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10576 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10581 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10582 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10587 /* This is trampoline. */
10589 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10591 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10592 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10593 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10594 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10595 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10596 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10597 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10601 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10602 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10603 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10604 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10610 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10611 adjust it appropriately now. */
10614 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10615 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10617 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10618 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10619 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10622 "__dso_displacement",
10624 "__program_header_table",
10628 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10636 const char* const *p
;
10639 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10640 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10643 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10645 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10647 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10648 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10650 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10652 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10654 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10660 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10661 dynamic sections here. */
10664 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10665 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10666 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10667 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10671 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10674 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10675 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10677 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10678 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10679 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10680 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10682 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10684 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10685 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10686 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10688 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10690 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10691 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10695 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10697 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10698 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10699 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10700 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10701 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10703 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10704 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10705 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10706 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10708 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10709 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10710 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10711 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10713 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10714 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10716 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10717 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10718 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10719 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10721 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10723 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10724 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10725 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10727 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10728 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10730 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10732 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10734 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10735 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10737 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10738 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10740 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10742 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10743 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10745 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10746 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10747 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10750 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10752 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10753 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10757 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10758 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10763 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10764 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10766 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10768 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10769 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10771 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10773 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10774 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10776 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10777 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10779 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10781 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10782 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10783 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10784 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10785 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10786 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10787 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10789 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10791 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10793 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10794 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10795 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10796 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10797 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10798 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10799 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10800 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10804 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10805 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10806 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10808 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10810 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10811 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10812 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10814 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10815 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10817 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10818 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10819 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10821 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10822 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10823 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10824 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10827 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10828 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10829 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10830 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10831 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10832 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10833 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10837 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10838 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10839 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10840 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10842 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10843 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10844 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10845 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10846 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10847 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10848 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10856 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10858 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10859 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10860 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10861 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10862 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10863 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10864 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10867 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10868 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10869 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10871 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10873 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10875 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10877 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10879 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10880 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10882 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10885 /* Fill the stub. */
10889 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10894 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10895 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10900 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10903 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10905 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10907 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10908 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10914 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10920 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10924 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10925 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10926 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10927 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10928 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10930 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10931 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10932 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10935 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10936 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10943 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10945 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10947 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10949 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10953 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10956 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10957 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10958 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10959 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10961 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10965 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10969 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10970 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10973 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10974 only for the referenced symbol. */
10975 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10977 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10978 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10979 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10980 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10981 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10982 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10984 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10987 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10988 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10990 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10992 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10993 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10994 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10995 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10996 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10999 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
11000 || h
->forced_local
);
11003 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11004 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11006 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
11007 the symbols that need them. */
11008 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11013 value
= sym
->st_value
;
11014 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11015 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11018 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
11020 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
11026 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
11029 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
11031 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11034 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
11037 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
11038 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
11039 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
11040 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
11042 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
11043 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
11045 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
11046 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
11047 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
11048 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
11049 appropriate addend. */
11050 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11052 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11053 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11054 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
11056 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
11057 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
11060 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11061 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
11062 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
11066 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
11067 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11072 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
11073 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
11074 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
11075 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
11076 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11077 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
11078 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
11080 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11081 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11084 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
11086 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11087 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11088 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
11090 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11092 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
11093 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
11095 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11096 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11098 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11100 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
11102 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
11103 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
11104 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
11105 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11107 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
11109 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
11110 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
11111 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
11112 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
11116 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11122 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11123 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11125 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11126 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11127 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11128 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11129 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
11130 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
11133 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
11134 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
11135 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
11137 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
11138 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
11139 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
11141 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11142 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11144 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11146 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11147 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11153 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11156 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11157 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11158 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11159 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11163 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11164 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11165 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11167 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11168 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11169 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11170 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11172 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11175 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11176 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11177 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11178 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11179 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11181 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11182 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11184 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11185 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
11186 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11187 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
11189 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11190 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11191 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
11194 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11195 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11196 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
11197 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11199 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11200 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11201 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11203 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11204 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11205 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11207 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11208 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11209 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11210 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11212 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11213 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11215 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11217 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11218 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11219 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11223 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11225 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11226 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11227 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11232 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11233 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11236 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11238 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11239 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11241 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11242 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11243 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11244 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11245 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11247 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11248 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11249 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11250 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11251 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11252 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11254 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11255 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11257 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11258 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11261 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11262 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11263 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11264 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11265 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11267 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11269 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11270 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11273 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11276 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11277 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11279 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11280 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11283 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11287 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11288 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11289 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11291 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11292 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11293 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11294 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11295 + sgot
->output_offset
11297 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11298 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11299 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11302 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11305 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11307 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11309 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11310 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11311 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11312 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11314 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11315 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11316 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11317 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11318 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11321 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11322 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11323 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11328 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11331 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11334 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11335 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11336 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11338 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11339 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11341 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11342 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11343 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11344 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11345 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11346 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11347 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11348 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11350 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11352 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11353 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11354 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11355 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11356 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11358 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11359 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11360 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11361 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11363 /* Install the PLT header. */
11364 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11365 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11367 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11368 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11371 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11373 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11374 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11375 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11377 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11378 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11380 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11381 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11383 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11384 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11385 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11386 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11389 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11390 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11391 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11392 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11393 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11395 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11399 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11400 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11401 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11402 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11403 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11404 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11405 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11406 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11410 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11411 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11412 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11413 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11414 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11415 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11416 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11417 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11423 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11424 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11427 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11429 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11431 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11432 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11435 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11436 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11438 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11440 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11441 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11442 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11443 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11445 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11446 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11448 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11449 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11451 /* Install the PLT header. */
11452 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11453 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11454 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11455 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11456 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11457 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11458 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11460 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11461 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11462 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11463 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11465 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11466 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11468 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11469 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11470 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11471 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11472 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11473 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11475 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11476 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11477 in which symbols were output. */
11478 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11480 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11482 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11483 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11484 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11485 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11487 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11488 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11489 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11490 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11492 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11493 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11494 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11495 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11499 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11502 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11505 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11507 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11508 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11510 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11511 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11512 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11513 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11516 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11519 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11520 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11525 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11526 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11528 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11529 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11531 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11533 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11536 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11538 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11541 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11543 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11544 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11546 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11547 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11549 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11550 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11551 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11553 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11557 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11559 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11560 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11562 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11568 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11572 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11573 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11577 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11579 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11584 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11587 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11589 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11592 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11593 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11596 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11597 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11600 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11604 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11608 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11610 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11613 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11615 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11618 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11619 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11620 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11621 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11624 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11625 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11628 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11629 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11630 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11631 referenced within the same object. */
11632 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11635 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11636 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11638 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11641 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11642 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11643 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11645 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11647 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11648 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11651 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11653 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11656 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11657 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11660 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11662 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11663 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11666 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11667 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11670 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11672 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11674 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11675 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11679 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11681 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11682 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11683 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11686 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11687 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11690 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11692 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11693 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11694 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11695 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11696 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11697 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11698 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11702 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11703 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11704 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11705 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11709 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11710 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11712 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11716 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11717 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11718 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11720 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11724 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11725 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11729 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11730 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11731 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11735 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11736 the dynamic tag. */
11737 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11739 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11740 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11745 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11746 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11747 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11748 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11750 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11754 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11755 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11756 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11761 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11762 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11763 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11767 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11772 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11773 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11774 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11777 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11778 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11780 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11782 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11783 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11784 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11785 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11786 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11787 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11788 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11790 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11791 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11792 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11794 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11798 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11799 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11800 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11801 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11802 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11803 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11806 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11807 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11810 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11811 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11813 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11814 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11816 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11817 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11819 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11821 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11822 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11824 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11825 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11826 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11828 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11830 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11833 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11835 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11836 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11839 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11840 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11841 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11842 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11843 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11844 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11846 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11851 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11852 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11855 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11858 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11860 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11862 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11863 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11864 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11866 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11869 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11870 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11872 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11878 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11879 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11880 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11881 are trailing null entries. */
11882 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11883 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11884 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11885 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11886 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11887 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11888 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11889 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11894 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11899 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11906 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11908 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11910 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11911 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11915 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11917 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11918 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11921 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11922 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11925 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11926 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11928 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11930 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11931 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11932 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11933 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11938 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11939 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11940 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11941 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11942 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11944 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11946 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11948 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11950 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11951 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11952 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11953 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11955 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11956 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11957 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11962 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11964 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11966 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11967 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11969 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11973 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11974 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11982 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11985 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11989 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11992 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11993 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11996 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11997 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
12000 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
12001 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
12004 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
12005 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
12006 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
12007 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
12008 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
12011 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
12012 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
12015 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
12016 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
12019 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
12020 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
12023 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
12024 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
12027 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
12028 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
12031 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
12032 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
12035 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
12036 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
12039 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
12040 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
12043 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
12044 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
12047 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
12048 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
12049 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
12050 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
12051 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
12052 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
12053 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
12054 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
12057 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
12058 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
12061 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
12062 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
12065 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
12066 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
12069 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
12070 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
12073 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
12074 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
12077 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
12078 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
12079 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
12082 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
12083 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
12086 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
12087 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
12090 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
12091 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
12094 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
12095 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
12098 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
12099 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
12102 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
12103 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
12104 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
12105 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
12108 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
12109 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
12110 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
12111 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
12114 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
12115 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
12118 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
12119 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
12122 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
12123 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
12128 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
12129 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
12130 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
12131 relocs to be sorted. */
12134 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
12136 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
12140 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
12141 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12142 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12145 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12146 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12149 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12153 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12154 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12155 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12156 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12157 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12159 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12160 info for each special section. */
12161 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12162 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12165 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12167 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12168 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12169 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12171 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12174 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12175 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12176 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12177 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12178 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12179 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12180 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12181 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12184 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12185 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12186 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12187 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12188 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12189 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12190 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12191 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12192 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12195 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12196 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12198 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12199 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12201 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12204 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12205 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12206 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12207 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12208 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12209 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12210 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12213 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12214 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12216 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12218 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12219 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12226 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12230 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12231 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12236 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12237 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12238 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12241 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12242 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12245 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12246 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12247 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12248 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12251 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12252 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12253 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12254 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12257 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12258 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12259 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12260 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12266 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12269 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12270 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12273 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12276 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12278 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12279 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12281 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12282 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12287 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12291 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12293 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12295 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12296 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12298 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12299 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12307 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12309 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12310 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12312 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12313 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12318 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12322 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12324 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12326 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12327 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12329 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12330 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12338 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12339 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12340 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12342 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12343 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12344 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12345 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12347 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12349 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12350 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12355 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12357 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12359 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12360 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12363 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12365 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12366 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12367 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12368 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12369 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12370 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12371 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12372 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12373 *pm
= options_segment
;
12379 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12381 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12382 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12383 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12384 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12385 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12387 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12388 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12393 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12397 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12399 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12404 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12409 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12412 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12413 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12414 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12424 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12425 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12427 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12429 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12432 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12433 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12434 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12435 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12436 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12437 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12438 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12439 PT_LOAD segment. */
12440 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12443 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12445 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12447 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12451 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12453 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12455 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12457 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12458 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12465 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12466 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12471 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12472 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12474 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12477 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12478 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12485 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12487 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12489 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12491 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12500 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12501 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12503 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12504 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12505 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12506 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12507 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12509 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12510 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12511 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12512 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12513 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12516 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12517 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12519 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12520 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12522 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12523 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12527 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12531 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12539 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12543 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12544 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12545 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12546 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12547 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12549 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12552 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12554 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12555 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12559 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12562 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12565 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12566 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12567 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12568 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12571 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12572 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12573 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12574 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12575 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12576 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12578 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12581 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12582 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12583 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12585 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12586 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12587 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12589 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12590 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12592 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12593 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12594 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12595 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12596 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12597 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12598 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12599 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12600 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12601 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12602 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12603 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12604 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12605 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12606 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12607 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12608 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12609 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12610 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12611 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12622 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12625 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12626 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12630 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12632 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12636 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12639 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12641 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12642 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12644 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12652 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12653 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12654 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12655 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12658 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12659 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12660 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12662 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12664 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12666 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12667 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12668 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12669 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12670 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12671 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12673 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12676 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12677 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12678 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12679 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12680 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12681 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12683 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12684 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12686 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12688 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12689 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12691 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12693 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12694 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12696 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12698 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12699 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12701 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12702 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12703 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12704 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12705 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12706 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12709 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12712 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12713 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12716 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12717 unsigned char *tdata
;
12720 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12725 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12727 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12728 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12731 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12735 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12736 info
->keep_memory
);
12743 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12744 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12746 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12748 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12757 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12758 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12759 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12760 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12766 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12767 free (cookie
->rels
);
12773 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12775 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12781 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12782 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12783 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12785 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12788 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12791 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12795 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12796 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12798 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12800 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12803 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12806 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12807 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12811 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12812 from output by default for clarity. */
12815 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12817 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12820 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12821 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12823 struct mips_elf_find_line
12825 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12826 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12830 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12831 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12832 const char **filename_ptr
,
12833 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12834 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12835 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12839 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12840 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12841 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12842 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12843 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12844 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12847 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12848 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12852 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12855 flagword origflags
;
12856 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12857 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12858 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12860 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12861 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12862 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12863 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12864 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12865 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12867 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12870 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12873 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12874 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12876 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12879 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12883 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12885 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12889 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12890 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12891 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12892 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12894 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12897 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12898 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12899 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12900 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12901 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12902 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12903 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12905 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12907 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12908 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12909 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12910 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12911 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12912 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12915 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12916 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12919 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12923 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12926 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12928 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12929 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12930 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12934 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12935 const char **filename_ptr
,
12936 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12937 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12940 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12941 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12942 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12947 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12948 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12949 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12952 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12953 const void *location
,
12954 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12956 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12960 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12962 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12963 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12964 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12967 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12970 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12973 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12976 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12979 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12983 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12984 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12987 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12989 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12990 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12992 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12995 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12996 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12997 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
13000 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
13001 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
13004 if (reloc_size
< 0)
13007 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
13008 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
13011 /* read in the section */
13012 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
13013 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
13016 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
13020 if (reloc_count
< 0)
13023 if (reloc_count
> 0)
13028 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
13031 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
13032 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
13033 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
13034 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
13035 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
13039 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
13040 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
13047 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
13048 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
13049 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13052 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13053 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13055 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
13057 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
13058 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
13060 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
13062 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
13071 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
13073 char *error_message
= NULL
;
13074 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
13076 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
13077 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
13078 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13080 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
13081 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
13082 to the generic handling. */
13084 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
13085 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
13086 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
13087 input_section
, relocatable
,
13090 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
13092 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
13097 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
13099 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
13100 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
13104 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
13108 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
13109 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
13110 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13111 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
13113 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
13114 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
13115 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
13116 (link_info
, error_message
,
13117 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13119 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
13120 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
13122 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
13123 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
13124 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
13126 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
13135 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13136 free (reloc_vector
);
13140 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
13141 free (reloc_vector
);
13146 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13147 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13149 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13150 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13151 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13152 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13153 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13154 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13155 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13156 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13157 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13158 unsigned int symcount
;
13160 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13161 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13163 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13164 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13166 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13167 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13168 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13169 sec
->size
-= count
;
13171 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13172 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13174 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13175 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13176 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13179 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13180 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13182 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13183 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13184 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13185 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13186 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13187 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13189 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13190 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13191 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13192 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13193 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13195 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13197 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13199 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13200 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13201 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13203 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13205 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13206 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13208 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13216 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13217 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13219 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13220 unsigned long match
;
13221 unsigned long mask
;
13224 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13228 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13230 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13231 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13233 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13235 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13236 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13239 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13241 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13242 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13243 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13244 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13247 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13248 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13250 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13251 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13253 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13254 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13256 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13257 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13259 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13260 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13262 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13263 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13266 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13268 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13269 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13270 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13272 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13274 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13275 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13276 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13277 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13280 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13281 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13282 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13283 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13286 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13287 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13288 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13289 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13292 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13293 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13294 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13295 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13298 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13300 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13301 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13304 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13306 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13307 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13309 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13310 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13312 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13313 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13315 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13316 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13318 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13319 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13321 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13323 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13324 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13326 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13327 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13329 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13330 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13331 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13332 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13335 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13337 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13338 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13340 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13341 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13342 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13346 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13348 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13349 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13351 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13352 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13354 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13355 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13357 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13359 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13361 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13362 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13364 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13365 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13366 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13367 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13371 /* LUI instruction. */
13373 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13374 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13377 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13379 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13380 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13382 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13383 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13385 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13386 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13389 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13391 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13392 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13393 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13394 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13396 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13397 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13399 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13400 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13401 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13402 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13405 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13406 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13409 /* NOP instructions. */
13411 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13412 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13414 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13415 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13418 /* Instruction match support. */
13420 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13423 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13425 unsigned long indx
;
13427 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13428 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13435 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13437 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13438 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13439 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13440 the second half of another instruction. */
13443 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13445 unsigned long opcode
;
13448 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13449 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13450 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13452 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13453 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13454 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13457 /* No delay slot. */
13463 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13464 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13465 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13466 the second half of another instruction. */
13469 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13471 unsigned long opcode
;
13474 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13475 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13476 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13478 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13479 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13482 /* No delay slot. */
13488 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13489 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13492 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13494 unsigned long opcode
;
13496 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13497 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13499 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13501 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13502 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13503 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13505 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13511 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13512 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13515 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13517 unsigned long opcode
;
13519 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13520 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13522 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13523 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13524 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13526 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13527 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13528 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13529 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13530 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13531 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13532 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13533 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13539 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13540 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13541 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13544 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13545 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13546 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13548 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13549 unsigned long opcode
;
13551 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13552 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13555 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13556 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13557 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13563 /* Bitsize checking. */
13564 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13565 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13566 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13570 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13571 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13572 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13574 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13575 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13576 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13577 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13578 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13579 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13581 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13584 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13585 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13588 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13589 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13590 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13591 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13594 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13596 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13597 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13598 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13599 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13600 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13603 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13604 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13605 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13607 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13608 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13609 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13610 unsigned long opcode
;
13616 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13617 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13621 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13623 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13624 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13625 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13628 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13629 if (contents
== NULL
)
13631 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13632 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13633 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13634 /* Go get them off disk. */
13635 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13638 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13640 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13641 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13643 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13644 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13645 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13646 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13648 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13652 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13653 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13655 /* A local symbol. */
13656 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13659 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13660 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13661 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13662 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13663 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13664 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13665 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13667 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13668 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13669 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13670 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13671 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13675 unsigned long indx
;
13676 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13678 /* An external symbol. */
13679 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13680 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13681 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13683 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13684 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13685 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13686 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13687 regular reloc processing. */
13690 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13691 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13692 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13693 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13694 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13698 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13699 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13700 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13701 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13702 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13703 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13704 the linker is run. */
13706 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13707 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13710 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13712 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13713 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13715 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13718 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13719 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13720 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13722 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13724 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13725 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13726 out the offset). */
13727 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13729 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13730 unsigned long nextopc
;
13734 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13736 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13737 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13738 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13741 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13742 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13743 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13744 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13747 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13748 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13749 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13750 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13753 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13754 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13755 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13756 it through if so. */
13757 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13758 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13759 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13760 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13761 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13762 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13764 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13766 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13769 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13771 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13772 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13773 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13774 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13775 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13776 switch (offset
- 4)
13781 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13785 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13792 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13794 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13796 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13799 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13800 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13801 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13803 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13804 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13806 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13807 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13809 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13810 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13811 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13812 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13813 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13814 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13817 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13818 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13819 the PC-relative distance. */
13820 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13821 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13822 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13823 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13824 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13826 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13827 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13829 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13830 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13831 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13833 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13834 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13837 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13841 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13842 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13844 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13849 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13850 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13851 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13852 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13853 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13854 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13855 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13856 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13858 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13859 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13860 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13861 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13863 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13867 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13869 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13870 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13871 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13872 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13874 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13876 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13877 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13881 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13882 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13884 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13885 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13886 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13888 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13889 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13891 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13894 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13897 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13902 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13903 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13905 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13906 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13907 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13908 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13909 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13910 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13914 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13916 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13917 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13919 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13921 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13922 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13923 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13926 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13931 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13933 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13934 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13935 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13936 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13938 unsigned long n32opc
;
13939 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13941 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13943 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13945 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13946 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13950 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13952 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13954 (move_insn_16
.match
13955 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13956 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13961 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13962 instructions will be handled here later. */
13966 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13967 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13968 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13970 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13978 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13979 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13980 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13981 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13983 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13984 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13985 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13988 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13989 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13994 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13995 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13997 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14001 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14002 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
14006 if (contents
!= NULL
14007 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14009 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
14013 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
14014 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
14018 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14019 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14020 free (internal_relocs
);
14025 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
14026 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
14028 if (contents
!= NULL
14029 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
14031 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
14032 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
14033 free (internal_relocs
);
14038 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
14040 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14041 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14043 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14044 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
14046 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
14050 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
14051 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
14052 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
14058 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
14059 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
14061 return &ret
->root
.root
;
14064 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
14066 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
14067 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
14069 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
14071 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
14074 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14076 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
14077 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14078 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
14083 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
14084 and copy relocs. */
14087 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14089 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
14092 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
14093 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
14096 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
14098 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
14101 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14103 struct mips_mach_extension
14105 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14109 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14110 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14112 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14114 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14115 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14116 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14117 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14118 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14119 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14121 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14122 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14123 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14124 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14126 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14127 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14129 /* R10000 extensions. */
14130 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14131 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14132 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14134 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14135 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14136 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14137 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14138 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14139 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14140 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14142 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14143 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14144 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14145 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14146 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14147 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14149 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14150 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14151 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14153 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14154 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14155 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14156 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14157 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14158 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14159 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14160 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14161 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14162 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14163 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14165 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14166 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14168 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14169 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14170 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14172 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14173 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14174 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14177 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14180 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14184 if (extension
== base
)
14187 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14188 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14191 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14192 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14195 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14196 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14198 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14199 if (extension
== base
)
14206 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14208 static unsigned long
14209 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14213 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14214 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14215 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14216 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14217 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14218 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14219 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14220 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14221 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14222 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14223 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14224 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14225 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14226 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14227 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14228 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14229 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14230 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14231 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14235 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14238 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14240 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14242 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14243 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14244 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14245 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14246 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14247 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14248 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14249 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14250 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14251 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14252 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14253 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14254 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14255 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14256 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14257 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14258 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14259 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14260 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14265 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14266 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14268 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14269 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14270 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14272 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14275 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14278 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14280 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14281 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14282 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14283 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14284 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14285 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14286 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14287 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14288 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14289 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14290 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14292 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14293 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14294 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14297 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14299 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14300 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14303 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14304 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14305 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14306 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14309 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14312 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14314 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14315 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14316 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14317 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14318 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14319 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14320 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14321 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14324 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14327 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14329 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14331 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14332 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14334 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14335 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14337 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14339 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14341 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14342 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14344 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14345 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14346 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14347 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14348 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14349 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14350 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14351 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14352 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14354 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14356 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14357 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14358 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14359 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14360 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14361 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14363 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14364 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14365 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14366 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14367 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14368 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14371 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14372 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14373 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14376 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14379 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14380 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14381 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14382 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14383 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14384 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14385 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14386 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14387 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14388 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14393 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14395 static const char * const secname
[] =
14397 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14398 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14400 static const int sc
[] =
14402 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14403 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14406 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14408 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14409 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14411 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14414 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14416 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14418 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14422 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14423 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14425 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14427 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14428 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14429 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14430 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14431 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14432 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14433 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14434 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14435 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14436 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14437 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14438 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14440 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14442 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14444 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14445 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14447 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14450 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14451 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14455 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14456 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14457 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14461 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14463 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14464 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14466 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14467 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14468 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14470 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14472 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14473 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14474 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14475 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14477 asection
*input_section
;
14479 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14481 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14486 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14488 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14489 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14490 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14493 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14494 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14496 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14497 matters, but someday it might). */
14498 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14503 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14505 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14507 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14508 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14509 the information together. */
14510 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14512 asection
*input_section
;
14514 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14517 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14519 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14524 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14525 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14527 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14528 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14531 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14533 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14534 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14535 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14536 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14537 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14539 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14540 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14541 finally written out. */
14543 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14544 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14545 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14548 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14549 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14551 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14552 matters, but someday it might). */
14553 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14558 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14560 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14563 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14564 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14565 the information together. */
14566 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14567 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14568 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14569 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14570 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14571 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14572 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14573 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14574 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14575 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14576 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14577 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14578 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14580 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14582 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14583 debug_info structure. */
14585 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14586 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14587 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14588 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14589 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14591 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14592 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14593 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14594 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14596 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14597 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14601 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14605 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14606 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14607 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14608 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14610 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14612 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14613 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14616 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14617 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14620 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14621 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14622 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14626 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14628 asection
*input_section
;
14630 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14631 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14635 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14637 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14642 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14643 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14645 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14647 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14648 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14649 want to deal with it. */
14653 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14654 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14656 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14658 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14659 read in the debugging information and set up an
14660 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14661 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14665 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14666 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14667 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14670 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14671 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14672 the linker global hash table and save the information
14673 for the output external symbols. */
14674 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14675 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14676 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14677 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14679 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14680 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14684 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14686 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14687 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14688 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14689 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14692 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14693 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14694 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14695 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14700 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14701 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14702 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14708 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14709 free (input_debug
.line
);
14710 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14711 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14712 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14713 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14714 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14715 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14716 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14717 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14718 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14719 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14721 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14722 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14723 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14726 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14728 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14729 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14730 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14732 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14733 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14735 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14738 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14739 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14743 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14749 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14752 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14754 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14755 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14756 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14760 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14761 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14763 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14764 matters, but someday it might). */
14765 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14770 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14772 const char *subname
;
14775 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14778 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14779 information describing how the small data area would
14780 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14781 not used in executables files. */
14782 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14784 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14786 asection
*input_section
;
14788 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14790 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14795 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14797 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14798 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14799 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14802 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14803 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14804 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14806 /* Really remove the section. */
14807 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14808 --abfd
->section_count
;
14813 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14814 uninitialized data. */
14815 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14816 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14817 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14821 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14822 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14823 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14824 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14828 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14829 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14830 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14831 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14832 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14833 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14834 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14836 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14837 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14839 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14840 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14841 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14844 /* Set up the first entry. */
14846 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14847 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14850 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14851 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14853 /* Combine the input sections. */
14854 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14856 asection
*input_section
;
14858 bfd_size_type size
;
14859 unsigned long last
;
14860 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14862 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14864 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14869 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14870 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14872 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14873 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14874 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14875 size
= input_section
->size
;
14877 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14879 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14881 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14882 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14888 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14889 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14890 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14896 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14898 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14899 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14902 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14904 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14905 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14907 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14913 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14916 /* We need a new table entry. */
14917 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14918 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14919 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14925 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14926 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14928 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14929 value, since that will be implied by this new
14932 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14934 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14936 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14937 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14941 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14942 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14947 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14950 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14951 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14952 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14955 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14957 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14959 /* Swap out the table. */
14960 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14961 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14962 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14968 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14969 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14972 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14973 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14975 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14976 matters, but someday it might). */
14977 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14981 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14982 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14985 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14987 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14989 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14990 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14992 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14994 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14995 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14997 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14998 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15000 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
15001 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15005 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
15007 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
15009 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
15010 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
15014 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
15016 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
15017 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
15019 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
15022 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
15025 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
15027 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
15028 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
15029 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
15033 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
15035 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
15036 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
15037 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
15041 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
15043 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
15044 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
15046 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
15047 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
15048 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
15056 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
15057 if there are conflicting settings. */
15060 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15062 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15063 flagword old_flags
;
15064 flagword new_flags
;
15067 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15068 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15069 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15071 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15073 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15074 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15076 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15077 doesn't seem to matter. */
15078 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15079 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15081 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15082 just be able to ignore this. */
15083 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15084 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15086 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15087 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15088 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15090 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15095 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15096 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15098 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15099 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15104 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15105 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15106 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15107 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15109 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15110 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15112 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15113 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15115 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15116 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15120 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15122 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15123 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15125 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15126 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15127 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15128 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15129 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15130 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15131 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15133 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15134 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15136 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15137 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15138 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15139 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15140 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15141 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15145 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15146 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15147 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15149 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15150 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15155 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15156 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15158 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15159 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15160 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15161 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15162 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15164 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15165 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15166 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15167 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15169 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15170 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15172 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15173 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15176 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15177 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15180 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15181 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15182 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15184 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15185 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15186 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15187 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15188 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15189 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15191 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15193 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15194 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15196 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15197 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15201 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15203 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15204 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15207 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15208 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15210 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15212 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15213 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15214 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15215 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15217 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15218 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15221 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15222 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15224 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15226 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15227 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15228 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15229 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15231 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15232 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15235 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15236 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15238 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15239 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15241 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15242 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15249 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15250 there are conflicting attributes. */
15252 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15254 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15255 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15259 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15260 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15261 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15262 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15264 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15266 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15267 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15269 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15271 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15272 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15274 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15276 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15281 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15282 non-conflicting ones. */
15283 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15284 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15288 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15289 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15290 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15291 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15292 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15293 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15294 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15295 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15296 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15298 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15299 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15301 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15302 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15303 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15304 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15305 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15306 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15307 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15309 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15310 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15312 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15313 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15314 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15315 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15317 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15319 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15320 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15321 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15322 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15324 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15325 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15326 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
15327 else if (!out_string
)
15329 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15330 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15331 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
15332 else if (!in_string
)
15334 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15335 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15336 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
15339 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15340 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15341 really relevant to the error message. */
15342 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15343 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15344 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15345 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15347 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15348 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
15353 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15354 non-conflicting ones. */
15355 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15357 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15358 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15359 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15360 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15361 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15363 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15365 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15366 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15367 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15368 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15372 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15374 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15376 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15377 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15378 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15379 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15384 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15385 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15386 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15387 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15388 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15394 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15395 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15398 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15399 there are conflicting settings. */
15402 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15404 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15405 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15406 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15408 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15409 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15411 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15412 /* Merge abiflags. */
15413 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15414 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15415 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15416 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15417 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15418 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15419 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15420 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15421 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15422 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15424 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15425 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15430 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15431 object file when linking. */
15434 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15436 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15437 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15438 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15442 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15443 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
15445 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15446 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15451 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15454 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15455 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15457 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15459 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15460 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15465 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15466 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15467 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15468 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15470 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15471 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15472 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15473 not affect compatibility. */
15474 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15475 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15476 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15478 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15479 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15480 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15482 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15486 if (null_input_bfd
)
15489 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15490 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15492 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15493 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15494 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15496 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15498 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15499 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15501 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15502 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15504 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15505 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15506 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15507 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15509 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15510 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15511 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15512 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15513 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15514 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15515 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15516 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15517 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15518 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15519 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15520 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15521 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15522 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15523 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15525 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15526 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15527 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15528 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15529 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15530 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15531 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15532 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15533 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15534 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15538 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15539 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15542 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15544 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15545 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15546 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15549 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15551 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15552 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15553 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15554 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15556 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15557 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15558 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15559 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15561 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15562 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15565 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15566 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15572 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, obfd
);
15574 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15576 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15580 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15587 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15590 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15592 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15593 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15595 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15596 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15601 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15605 default: return "";
15606 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15607 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15608 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15609 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15610 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15611 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15612 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15613 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15614 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15615 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15616 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15617 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15619 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15620 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15621 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15622 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15623 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15624 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15625 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15626 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15627 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15628 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15629 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15630 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15631 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15632 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15633 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15634 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15635 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15636 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15637 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15638 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15639 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15640 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15641 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15642 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15643 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15644 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15645 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15646 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15647 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15648 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15649 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15650 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15651 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15652 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15653 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15654 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15655 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15656 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15657 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15658 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15659 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15660 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15661 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15662 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15663 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15664 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15665 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15666 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15667 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15668 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15669 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15670 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15671 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15672 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15673 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15674 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15675 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15676 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15677 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15678 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15679 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15680 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15681 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15682 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15683 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15684 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15685 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15686 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15687 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15688 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15689 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15690 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15691 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15692 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15693 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15694 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15695 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15696 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15697 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15701 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15705 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15709 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15711 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15712 return "-mdouble-float";
15714 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15715 return "-msingle-float";
15717 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15718 return "-msoft-float";
15720 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15721 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15723 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15726 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15727 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15729 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15730 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15738 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15740 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15741 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15742 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15743 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15744 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15745 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15746 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15747 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15748 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15749 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15750 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15751 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15752 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15753 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15754 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15755 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15756 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15757 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15758 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15759 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15760 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15761 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15762 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15763 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15764 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15765 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15766 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15767 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15769 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15770 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15771 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15775 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15780 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15783 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15785 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15786 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15788 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15789 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15791 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15792 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15794 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15795 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15797 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15798 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15801 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15804 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15807 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15810 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15813 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15815 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15816 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15819 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15822 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15825 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15828 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15831 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15833 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15834 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15836 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15837 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15840 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15846 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15850 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15851 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15853 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15854 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15856 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15857 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15859 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15860 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15862 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15863 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15865 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15866 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15868 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15869 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15871 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15872 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15875 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15881 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15883 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15884 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15885 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15886 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15891 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15895 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15897 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15898 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15900 /* xgettext:c-format */
15901 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15903 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15904 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15905 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15906 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15907 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15908 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15909 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15910 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15911 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15912 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15913 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15914 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15915 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15916 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15918 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15920 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15921 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15922 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15923 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15924 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15925 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15926 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15927 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15928 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15929 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15930 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15931 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15932 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15933 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15934 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15935 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15936 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15937 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15938 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15939 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15940 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15941 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15943 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15945 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15946 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15948 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15949 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15951 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15952 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15954 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15955 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15957 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15958 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15960 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15961 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15963 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15965 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15966 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15968 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15969 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15971 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15972 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15974 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15975 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15977 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15978 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15980 fputc ('\n', file
);
15982 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15984 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15985 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15986 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15987 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15988 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15989 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15990 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15991 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15992 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15993 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15994 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15995 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15996 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15997 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15998 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15999 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
16000 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
16001 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
16002 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
16003 fputc ('\n', file
);
16009 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
16011 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16012 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16013 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
16014 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16015 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
16016 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
16017 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
16020 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
16021 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
16022 definiton of the symbol. */
16024 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
16025 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
16026 bfd_boolean definition
,
16027 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16029 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
16031 unsigned char other
;
16033 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
16034 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
16035 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
16039 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
16040 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
16043 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
16044 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
16046 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
16048 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
16052 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
16054 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
16055 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
16056 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
16059 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
16060 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
16063 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
16064 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16067 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
16068 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
16071 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
16072 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
16073 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
16074 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
16075 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
16076 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
16077 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
16078 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
16081 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
16082 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16083 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
16084 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
16087 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
16088 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
16089 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
16090 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
16092 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
16093 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
16094 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
16095 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
16096 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
16097 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
16098 unsigned int other
;
16099 bfd_vma entry_size
;
16118 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
16121 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
16122 if (relplt
== NULL
)
16125 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
16126 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
16129 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
16133 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
16134 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
16136 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
16138 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
16139 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
16140 PLT slots per relocation. */
16141 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16142 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16143 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16144 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16145 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16146 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16147 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16149 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16150 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16152 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16155 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16158 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16161 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16163 names
= (char *) send
;
16164 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16167 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16168 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16172 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16173 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16175 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16179 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16180 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16184 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16189 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16193 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16194 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16195 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16199 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16200 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16201 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16203 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16204 const char *suffix
;
16209 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16211 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16212 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16216 /* Truncated table??? */
16217 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16219 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16220 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16221 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16222 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16223 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16225 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16226 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16230 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16231 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16232 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16234 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16235 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16236 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16237 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16238 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16239 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16241 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16242 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16244 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16245 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16246 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16247 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16248 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16249 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16250 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16251 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16252 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16254 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16257 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16258 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16259 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16260 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16261 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16262 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16263 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16264 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16267 /* Truncated table??? */
16268 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16272 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16273 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16280 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16281 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16282 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16283 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16284 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16285 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16287 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16289 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16291 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16292 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16293 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16296 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16298 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16299 names
+= suffixlen
;
16302 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16312 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16314 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16315 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16317 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16320 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16321 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16323 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16324 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16327 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16329 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16330 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16331 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16333 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
) && !(elf_stack_flags (abfd
) & PF_X
))
16334 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 5;
16338 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16340 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16343 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16346 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16348 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;